8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 126
Document
No
Product
NameOSN 6800 amp 3800
Intended
Users
Huawei engineers Product
VersionV100R002
Written ByOptical Network Product
Service Dept
Document
VersionV201
NGWDM Experiment Guide
(Environment in Xintianxia)
Prepared by Sun Xu Date 2008-1-21
Reviewed by Date
Reviewed by Date
Approved by Date
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
All Rights Reserved
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 1 of 26
Revision History
Date Issue Author Description
2007-06-10 V100 Sun Xu Initial draft
2008-1-19 V201 Sun Xu Revised version
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 2 of 26
Table of Contents
1 Preparation 4
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment 4
12 Experiment Materials 5
2 Networking Environment 8
21 Network Topology 8
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration 10
23 Service Planning 11
231 Wavelength Planning 11
232 Signal Flows of Node A and Node B 12
233 Signal Flow of Node C 13
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E 14
3 Tasks 14
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks 15
311 Creating Network Topology (Required) 16
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters 18
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA) 18
32 System Commissioning Tasks 19
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming 19
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming 20
323 Service Protection and Testing 21
324 APE Management 22
33 Network Maintenance Tasks 23
331 Database Maintenance 23
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product 23
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional) 24
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26
Key words
OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia
Summary
This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote
computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of
networking environment and various tasks on computer
Acronyms and Abbreviations
None
Reference
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_01)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_01)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26
1 Preparation
Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment
environment
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment
For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following
document
Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows
1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192
(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194
The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on
equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment
Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom
The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows
The default product version is V100R002
The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment
environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003
The T2000 versions are as follows
The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each
version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the
OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26
To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber
connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp
3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer
to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator
Guide
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script
Caution
1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose
configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed
operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001
Product Software Upgrade Guide
2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users
may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by
script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security
management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide
2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address
Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected
3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running
slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while
Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden
12 Experiment Materials
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 1 of 26
Revision History
Date Issue Author Description
2007-06-10 V100 Sun Xu Initial draft
2008-1-19 V201 Sun Xu Revised version
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 2 of 26
Table of Contents
1 Preparation 4
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment 4
12 Experiment Materials 5
2 Networking Environment 8
21 Network Topology 8
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration 10
23 Service Planning 11
231 Wavelength Planning 11
232 Signal Flows of Node A and Node B 12
233 Signal Flow of Node C 13
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E 14
3 Tasks 14
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks 15
311 Creating Network Topology (Required) 16
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters 18
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA) 18
32 System Commissioning Tasks 19
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming 19
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming 20
323 Service Protection and Testing 21
324 APE Management 22
33 Network Maintenance Tasks 23
331 Database Maintenance 23
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product 23
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional) 24
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26
Key words
OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia
Summary
This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote
computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of
networking environment and various tasks on computer
Acronyms and Abbreviations
None
Reference
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_01)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_01)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26
1 Preparation
Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment
environment
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment
For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following
document
Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows
1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192
(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194
The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on
equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment
Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom
The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows
The default product version is V100R002
The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment
environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003
The T2000 versions are as follows
The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each
version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the
OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26
To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber
connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp
3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer
to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator
Guide
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script
Caution
1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose
configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed
operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001
Product Software Upgrade Guide
2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users
may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by
script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security
management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide
2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address
Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected
3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running
slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while
Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden
12 Experiment Materials
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 2 of 26
Table of Contents
1 Preparation 4
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment 4
12 Experiment Materials 5
2 Networking Environment 8
21 Network Topology 8
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration 10
23 Service Planning 11
231 Wavelength Planning 11
232 Signal Flows of Node A and Node B 12
233 Signal Flow of Node C 13
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E 14
3 Tasks 14
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks 15
311 Creating Network Topology (Required) 16
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters 18
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA) 18
32 System Commissioning Tasks 19
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming 19
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming 20
323 Service Protection and Testing 21
324 APE Management 22
33 Network Maintenance Tasks 23
331 Database Maintenance 23
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product 23
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional) 24
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26
Key words
OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia
Summary
This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote
computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of
networking environment and various tasks on computer
Acronyms and Abbreviations
None
Reference
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_01)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_01)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26
1 Preparation
Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment
environment
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment
For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following
document
Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows
1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192
(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194
The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on
equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment
Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom
The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows
The default product version is V100R002
The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment
environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003
The T2000 versions are as follows
The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each
version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the
OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26
To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber
connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp
3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer
to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator
Guide
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script
Caution
1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose
configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed
operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001
Product Software Upgrade Guide
2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users
may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by
script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security
management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide
2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address
Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected
3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running
slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while
Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden
12 Experiment Materials
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26
Key words
OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia
Summary
This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote
computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of
networking environment and various tasks on computer
Acronyms and Abbreviations
None
Reference
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_01)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_01)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26
1 Preparation
Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment
environment
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment
For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following
document
Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows
1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192
(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194
The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on
equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment
Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom
The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows
The default product version is V100R002
The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment
environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003
The T2000 versions are as follows
The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each
version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the
OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26
To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber
connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp
3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer
to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator
Guide
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script
Caution
1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose
configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed
operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001
Product Software Upgrade Guide
2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users
may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by
script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security
management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide
2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address
Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected
3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running
slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while
Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden
12 Experiment Materials
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26
1 Preparation
Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment
environment
11 Connection of Experiment Equipment
For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following
document
Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows
1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192
(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194
The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on
equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment
Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom
The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows
The default product version is V100R002
The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment
environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003
The T2000 versions are as follows
The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each
version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the
OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26
To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber
connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp
3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer
to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator
Guide
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script
Caution
1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose
configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed
operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001
Product Software Upgrade Guide
2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users
may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by
script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security
management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide
2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address
Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected
3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running
slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while
Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden
12 Experiment Materials
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26
To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber
connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp
3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer
to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator
Guide
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script
Caution
1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose
configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed
operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001
Product Software Upgrade Guide
2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users
may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by
script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security
management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide
2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address
Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected
3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running
slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while
Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden
12 Experiment Materials
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26
Caution
Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is
ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products
are learnt
Relevant product manuals are as follows
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
Online training materials are as follows
The navigation path is as follows
Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical
Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course
Caution
The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff
register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238
For the training materials refer to the following
Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26
The link of materials is NG WDM Slides
The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt
OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature
The related material list and links are as follows
Category Training Material NameMultimedia
CourseSlide
Installation None Chinese None
None None Chinese
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese
English
Chinese
English
OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer
Grooming
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese
English
Chinese
English
Optical Transport NetworkChinese
English
Chinese
English
Principle
NG WDM System Overview and Networking
Applications
Chinese
English
Chinese
English
NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese
EnglishChinese
None Chinese None
Operation
None Chinese Chinese
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26
2 Networking Environment
21 Network Topology
Station A (ID190)
Station B (ID191)
Station C(ID192)
Station E (ID194)
Station D (ID193)
ROADM
ROADMOADM
(MR2)
OADM
(MR2)
Subnet2Subnet1 OADM
(MR4)
OADM
(MR4)
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
R
O
A
M
D4
D4
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01 B01
R
O
A
M
R
O
A
M
Subnet1
Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26
M
R
4
M
R
4
B01 A01
A01B01
Subnet2
Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
M
R
2
Station A (ID192)
This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN
3800
Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most
protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM
and D40 boards
Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects
fixed wavelengths between the two rings
Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding
dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2
Caution
This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments
To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber
connection
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26
22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration
Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information
Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product
ROADM 40CH
Subnet 1amp2
Node 191-1
FAN
TO 1TO 2
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
S
C
C
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
FAN
O
A
U
1
L4G
SCC
161514
A
U
X
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
LDGD
SCS
OL
P
XCS
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
FAN
FAN
O
A
U
1
LDG
L4G
161514
LWXD
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
S
C
C
SCS
OL
P
XCS
TQM
TQM
NS
2
NS
2
L
4G
O
A
U
1
4Rack count
5602Rack factual
configure power
2099Rack Weight
TO 2Station name
4Rack count
5066Rack factual
configure power
2188Rack Weight
TO 1Station name
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
P
I
U
S
C
C
MR4
MR4
F
I
U
MR2
AUX5
SCCLDGD4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1 MR2
AUXLWXD5
SCCLDG4
FIUOBU13
PIUMR22
FIU1
FAN
O
A
U
1
O
A
U
1
F
I
U
161514
SC2
A
U
X
P
I
U
19181713121110987654321
F
I
U
MR4
MR4
S
C
C
P
I
U
Node 190-0
OBU1
D
4
0
V
R
O
A
M
15
R
O
A
M
OBU1
D
4
0
V A
U
X
P
I
U
191817161413121110987654321
F
I
U
SC2
F
I
U
S
C
C
Node 191-0
Node 190-1
Node 192-0 Node 192-1
Node 193 Node 194
For detailed fiber connection refer to the following
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)
201(Accessories)---- network design
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26
23 Service Planning
231 Wavelength Planning
190 191 192 190
1960THz
1959THz
1958THz
1957THz
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz
L4G
L4G
NS2
NS2
LDG
LWX
LDGD
Subnet 1
192 193 194 192
1923THz
1922THz
1921THz LDGD
LWX
LDG
Subnet 2
Use the even wavelengths in C band
Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz
Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz
The LDG uses 1923 THz
The LWXD uses 1922 THz
The LDGD uses 1921 THz
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26
FIU
SC2
FIUOA
OA
OA
OA
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
ROAM ROAM
OD OD
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
West client-side NE East client-side NE
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
233 Signal Flow of Node C
Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The
networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU
S o u t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
N or t h l i n e-
s i d e ODF
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26
234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E
Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC
FIU
SC2
FIUOADM
Unit
OADM
Unit
OA
OA
OA
OA
West client-side NE East client-side NE
W e s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
E a s t l i n e-
s i d e ODF
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
3 Tasks
Task Check
Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology
(Required)
(Required One out of two)Importing networking script
Finished
Setting Orderwire NE and
Board Parameters Finished
Single-station
commissioning
Optical Power
Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished
APE Management APE Finished
Single-station optical layer
service FinishedOptical Layer Service
Grooming Board optical layer service Finished
System
commissioning
Electrical Layer and Data
Services of GE Any and Finished
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26
ODU1 levelsService Grooming
VLAN service and flow control Finished
Protection setting Finished
Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on
site) Finished
End-to-end service creation Finished
WDM trail management Discrete trail handling
(optional) Finished
Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and
restoration Finished
Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of
the Product Hot patch loading Finished
Network
maintenance
OTN Advanced Network
Maintenance (Optional) Finished
Caution
For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials
section
After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and
maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments
deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained
31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that
the following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the
Optical Network
To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users
should not adjust the MVOA of the system
311 Creating Network Topology (Required)
The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are
as follows
Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)
Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access
This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of
network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use
this method
Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line
users)
Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This
method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM
service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but
requires high network bandwidth
Manually creating an NE
Step Action Reference
1
Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed
to connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
2
Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user
root
Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a
gateway NE
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26
Step Action Reference
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
Network
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
3
Upload NE configuration
Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber
connection inside NEs
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design
4Create an NE user on the NE
Change the NE user to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent
Optical Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
Importing networking script
Step Operation Reference
1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder
of the T2000 installation directory
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide
(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script
2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to
connect to the network in the lab
Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network
in the lab
Instructions for Using the
Remote Training
Equipment Room
(Shenzhen) of the Optical
Network
3 Import the script to the T2000
Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE
on the T2000 to 1069498
Then log in to each NE
NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192
NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194
4 Create an NE user on each NE
Change the user of each NE to the new user
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26
Caution
Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may
force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script
importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts
312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters
Step Action Reference
1 Set all board interface parameters
2Query the version of each board and the model of interface
optical module
3
Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the
OTU
Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets
the requirement of the optical power
4
Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM
side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board
5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)
Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission
Step Action Reference
1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or
NE 191 Enable OPA
2
Change the created automatic optical power to the manual
mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board
to the maximum View the service alarm
Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view
the service alarm
3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190
or NE 191
Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26
Step Action Reference
ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to
ensure proper optical power
4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual
modes
32 System Commissioning Tasks
Caution
This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the
following documents are ready
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance
Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description
(V100R003_02 and higher version)
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide
After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are
completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800
V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect
321 Optical Layer Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and
191
2
Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190
and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned
in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26
3
During creation select the OPA mode
View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
4
After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them
and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum
detected by the MCA4 of NE 192
Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding
optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power
value meets the requirement
OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description
5
(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge
ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding
wavelength
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming
Step Action Reference
1
Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer
Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD
2
Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer
Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the
LDGD
Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis
Step Action Reference
3
Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193
and 194
Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and
disable the ALS on the client side
Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and
enable the ALS on the WDM side
Configure the LPT based on understanding
4
Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE
191
Configure EPL and QinQ services
Configure service flow control for the data flow based on
understanding
Enable OAM detection frame
Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on
the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191
5
Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the
lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test
bit errors
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide
323 Service Protection and Testing
Step Action Reference
1
Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE
191 Test manual switching
Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4
on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate
line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP
2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD
on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching
3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on
the client side
Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on
the client side
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid
Step Action Reference
Test manual switching
4
Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as
follows
VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
5
Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to
configure as follows
ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191
Test manual switching
6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working
status of the protection in different settings
7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test
the time of each protection switching
SmartBits test operation
guide
Agilent37718 SDH Test
Guide
324 APE Management
Step Action Reference
1
Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that
multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be
created on the selected NE
2
Change the mode of each single-station optical
cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the
target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel
on the ROAM to -19 dB
3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and
detect the APE Enable the APE
4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192
Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of
the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26
Step Action Reference
Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 190
Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 1 of NE 191
Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the
FIU in slot 17 of NE 191
5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer
service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change
6
After the APE event is reported view the target optical power
value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change
33 Network Maintenance Tasks
331 Database Maintenance
Step Action Reference
1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC
2
Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC
Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the
PC
3
Restore the NE configuration data
Note You can download the default NE configuration
Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
OptiX iManager T2000
Administrator Guide
332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product
Step Action Reference
1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the
software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800
V100R001 Product
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26
V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom
2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191
192 193 and 194
3
Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE
191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the
gateway NE
4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE
of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194
Software Upgrade
Guide
Caution
You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products
in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode
Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE
software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003
333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)
Step Action Reference
1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE
190 and NE 191
2
Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable
the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the
service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different
settings
3
Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set
parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)
4
Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select
functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and
LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer
monitoring feature of the OTN
OptiX OSN 6800
Intelligent Optical
Transport Platform
Configuration Guide
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network
8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626
OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL
2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26
Caution
This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have
deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport
Network